geo ogical data ac ui iti ystem - province of manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba...

35
GP1175 .. MA ITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES, RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH GEOLOGICAL PAPER 1/75 GE O OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI SORA E A D RETRI VAL YSTEM By T. G. Frohlinger and W. D. McRitchie Sept. 1975

Upload: others

Post on 01-Mar-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

GP1175

MA ITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH

GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175

GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI SORA E A D RETRI VAL

YSTEM

By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie

Sept 1975

Electronic Capture 2011 The PDF file from which this document was printed was generated by scanning an original copy of the publication Because the capture method used was Searchable Image (Exact) it was not possible to proofread the resulting file to remove errors resulting from the capture process Users should therefore verify critical information in an original copy of the publication

GP1175

MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH

GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL

SYSTEMS

By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie

Sept 1975

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction 5

Basic Format Requirements 5

Mode of Operation 5

Description of Data Sheets 10

Field Sheets

A) Structural Data 6

B) Petrologic Data 7

C) Geochemical Data 16

Laboratory Sheets 8 9

A) Petrographic Data 10

Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12

Data Decoding 15

Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24

Rules for Coding 24

Discussion 24

Past Performance 25

1974 Field Document Design 25

Future Developments 26

Acknowledgements 27

List of References 27

3

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University

of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments

Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the

early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are

(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)

(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)

(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded

(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project

(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped

(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized

(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections

Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction

with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs

Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project

The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the

5

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 2: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Electronic Capture 2011 The PDF file from which this document was printed was generated by scanning an original copy of the publication Because the capture method used was Searchable Image (Exact) it was not possible to proofread the resulting file to remove errors resulting from the capture process Users should therefore verify critical information in an original copy of the publication

GP1175

MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH

GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL

SYSTEMS

By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie

Sept 1975

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction 5

Basic Format Requirements 5

Mode of Operation 5

Description of Data Sheets 10

Field Sheets

A) Structural Data 6

B) Petrologic Data 7

C) Geochemical Data 16

Laboratory Sheets 8 9

A) Petrographic Data 10

Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12

Data Decoding 15

Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24

Rules for Coding 24

Discussion 24

Past Performance 25

1974 Field Document Design 25

Future Developments 26

Acknowledgements 27

List of References 27

3

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University

of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments

Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the

early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are

(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)

(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)

(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded

(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project

(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped

(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized

(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections

Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction

with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs

Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project

The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the

5

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 3: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

GP1175

MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH

GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL

SYSTEMS

By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie

Sept 1975

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction 5

Basic Format Requirements 5

Mode of Operation 5

Description of Data Sheets 10

Field Sheets

A) Structural Data 6

B) Petrologic Data 7

C) Geochemical Data 16

Laboratory Sheets 8 9

A) Petrographic Data 10

Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12

Data Decoding 15

Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24

Rules for Coding 24

Discussion 24

Past Performance 25

1974 Field Document Design 25

Future Developments 26

Acknowledgements 27

List of References 27

3

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University

of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments

Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the

early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are

(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)

(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)

(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded

(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project

(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped

(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized

(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections

Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction

with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs

Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project

The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the

5

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 4: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction 5

Basic Format Requirements 5

Mode of Operation 5

Description of Data Sheets 10

Field Sheets

A) Structural Data 6

B) Petrologic Data 7

C) Geochemical Data 16

Laboratory Sheets 8 9

A) Petrographic Data 10

Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12

Data Decoding 15

Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24

Rules for Coding 24

Discussion 24

Past Performance 25

1974 Field Document Design 25

Future Developments 26

Acknowledgements 27

List of References 27

3

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University

of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments

Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the

early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are

(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)

(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)

(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded

(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project

(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped

(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized

(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections

Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction

with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs

Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project

The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the

5

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 5: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION

GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University

of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments

Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the

early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are

(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)

(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)

(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded

(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project

(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped

(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized

(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections

Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction

with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs

Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project

The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the

5

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 6: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST

-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES

21 22 23 n

sD D D D D OIF

30 31 32

o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0

() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC

FRACTURE CLEAV

STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV

M ICROCRENULAT IONS

BOUDINAGE

DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS

RODOING

SPACING

lt10 eM

10middot50 eM

50middottoO eM

gt100 eM

(J

li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~

GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND

SULPHIDES OTHER

32

ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE

PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP

33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45

D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE

48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60

DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH

TYPE D

Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966

6

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 7: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE

FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55

I I

iii jj7 68 69 70

4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28

e L

~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~

L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41

~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo

46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u

GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I

OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR

COLOUR

GRAIN SIZE

FRAG

2U3L 5U 6L=J

ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I

46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE

2 I NOTES

Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966

7

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 8: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

I D

AT

E

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

OL

N

O

YR

U

TM

E

AS

TIN

G

UT

M

NO

RT

HIN

G

AIR

P

HO

TO

N

O

PH

OT

OG

RA

PH

[1 I 2

d d

) c

J

CJ

9

10

12

) I

r~~ I~

16

bull

17

18

1

19

I 2

0 I

CO

OE

O

NO

rES

(c

irC

le

be

ow

10

o

lerl

ke

yp

un

ch

op

era

or

) C

OO

EO

N

OT

ES

o u

21

TY

PE

N

ON

-D

IA

ST

RO

PH

IC

ST

RU

CT

UR

ES

L

AY

E R

IN

G

RO

CK

T

YP

E

I rr

B

ED

DIN

G

1 IG

NE

OU

S

D1F

F

5 Y

ES

1

E

5 TY

PE

N

OS

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

~--

--l

I I

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

2

INC

LU

SIO

N

LA

yE

RS

6

CR

OS

SB

ED

DIN

G

NO

2

PIL

LO

W

YN6

(se

e

mn

em

on

ic

co

de

s)

SOD

I If

I I

LIT

P

AR

L

IT

3 L

AI

ER

ING

IN

IN

CL

US

ION

S

7 G

RA

DE

D

BE

DD

ING

Y

E S

OT

HE

R

yES

7

22

2

) 2

-4

25

2

6

27

2

8

29

I

CA

TAC

LAS

TIC

bull

OTH

ER

(S

PE

CI

FY

I 6

NO

(S

PE

CIF

Y)

NO

6 2

2

23

24

2

5

26

2

7

26

2

9

FI E

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

ii IC w

o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC

n 2 ~ bull I Q

0

rrP

E

r o

l1

ys

reco

rd

old

sl

folio

lIo

n

ffS

I )

I G

NE

ISS

OS

IT

1

ST

RA

IN

SL

IP

CL

EA

VA

GE

5

SC

H IS

TO

SIT

Y

JND

E T

ER

MIN

AT

E

2 P

LA

NE

O

F

FL

A T

TE

N IN

G

6

CA

TA

C L

A S

TI C

3

FO

LI A

TI

ON

A

ND

L

AY

ER

ING

P

AR

AL

LE

L

7

I F

RA

CT

UR

E

CL

EA

VA

G E

4

OT

HE

R

( S

PE

CIF

Y)

B

FO

LD

ED

S

UR

FA

CE

-

LA

YE

R IN

G

FO

LI A

TIO

N

IF

FOL

OE

D

L A

YE

RIN

G

AN

D l

OR

F

OL

IAT

ION

-

CO

DE

T

YP

E

AS

A

BO

V E

SY

MM

ET

RY

C

LO

S U

RE

A

MP

LIT

UD

E

ST

Y L

E

SY

MM

ET

RIC

AL

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

Z

AS

YM

ME

TR

ICA

L

S

lt

10deg

10 shy

45

deg 4

5-

90

deg

gt

90

deg

lt

2e

m

2 -

10 e

m

IO-5

0 e

m

50 shy

50

0 e

m

gt

5 m

SIM

ILA

R

PA

RA

LL

EL

CO

MP

OS

ITE

DIS

HA

RM

ON

IC

CH

EV

RO

N I

K

NK

PT

YG

h4

AT

IC

NT

RA

FO

IA

L

OT

HE

R t S

PE

CIF

Y)

FOL

IAT

ION

D

YKE

1 BR

ECCI

A UN

DIF

10

LA

y

CONT

19

fI

S RI~

~t

iTP-

SIL

L

2 F

AU

L T

B

RE

ee

II

L

AY

D

I SC

ON

T 2

0

0 I

I r--I

VE

IN

3 S

HE

AR

Z

ON

E

12 R

EP

L

AY

21

CD

I

I ~

8Q

UO

INS

4

MY

LO

Ni T

E Z

ON

E 1

3 M

IGmiddot

MO

Bmiddot lt

25

2

2

Xl

31

32

3

3

34

3

5 ~~~

T ~ ~

~~C

~T~~~

~~6~~

~ reg

0

I

bull I c

=J I

RR

EG

BO

DI E

S

7 B

ED

C

ON

T

16

MIG

MO

O gt

75

25

Tt

37

3

8

CI

40

4

1

INC

lO

RIE

NT

ED

8

BE

D

DIS

CO

NT

17

E

RR

AT

IC

26

~INOR

FOL

DS

IN

CL

RA

ooM

9

REp

BE

DDIN

G

Ie O

THE

R

27

LA

F

OL

SY

M

( l O

S

AM

PL

S

T Y

A

V E

RA

GE

U

NIT

L

AY

ER

T

HIC

KN

ES

S

O D

OO

D O

SC

AL

E

MIL

UM

ET

RE

S

-L

TH

ICK

NE

SS

0

0 1

C

EN

TIM

ET

RE

S

-(

ME

TR

E S

M

0

02

etc

4

2

4 3

44

4

5

4 6

47

P

LUN

GE

AZI

MU

TH

CJ ~

~ I

)

018

~ 9

50

51

5

2

STR

IKE

DIP

AX

IAL

e

=J

=3

----

5-=shy

--I--

5=-=

5-

gil[

5

6

5 1

1-shy-shy

-h4

INE

R A

LS

O

F N

OT

E

( se

e m

ne

mo

nic

co

de

s)

c=J

30

31

CJ

32

3

3

l if

vork

Jbjmiddote

I de

scrl

bt

in

n

ote

s )

SC

AL

IC

K

S U

TH

ICyen

NS

S0

I I

34

3

5

36

3

4

Il5

t in

or

der

of

allu

noo

nee

l

CJ

CJ 0

0

2 0

45

lt

a

0

51

~6

47

5

2

53

I

(

TY

PE

S

UR

FA

CE

L

INE

AR

S

TfW

C T

UR

ES

S

AM

PL

E

RE

fR

ES

EN

TA

T IO

N

(J)

0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii

I

MIN

ER

AL

L

INE

AT

ION

S

S _

I T

ER

SE

CT

ION

S

N

MIC

RO

CR

EN

UL

AT

ION

S

BOU

DIN

X

IS

DE

FO

RM

ED

C

LA

S T

CA

TE

GO

RY

middot

1 2 3 bull 5

IGN

EO

US

IN

CL

US

ION

S

RO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

H I

C

AG

GR

OTH

ER

ISP

EC

IFY

)

FI L

L I N

G

6 7 8 9

LIN

IN

L

AY

ER

ING

1

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

CD

2

L IN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

reg

3

L IN

IN

F

AU

LT

4

LI N

IN

S

HE

R

ZON

E 5

LI N

IN

N

ON

-L

Ay

ER

ED

A

ND

6

NO

N shy

FO

LI A

TE

D

RO

CK

APP

M

OV

EM

EN

T

TY

PE

o

SU

RF

AC

E o

58

5

9

PL

UN

GE

A

ZIM

UT

H

r--l

I I

~

I

60

6

1 6

2

63

6

4

FAU

LT

S

VE

INS

D

YK

ES

S

ILL

S

bull bull

I

RE

P

NO

N

OR

IEN

TE

O

RE

P

OR

JEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

~N

OR

IEN

TE

D

SP

EC

IFIC

O

RIE

NT

ED

SE

RIA

L

DU

PL

ICA

TE

DR

ILL

COR

E

LA

BO

RA

TO

RY

W

OR

K

ST

AI N

ED

RO

GH

S

UR

FAC

E

A

MO

DA

L

AN

ALY

SIS

S

LA

B

TH

IN

SE

CT

ION

B

C

HE

MIC

AL

AN

AL

YS

IS

TliI

N SE

C TI

ON

STN

ED

C

M

INE

RA

L S

EP

Rn

ON

S

LA

B

ST

AIN

ED

D

A

SS

AY

F G H

I

o o

5 D

o b

b

I

UI

II U

D

OD

~

I

5[

8

159

~

61

6lt20

deg63

i 6

5

I

i ltD f

00

FA

UL

T

1

SH

EA

R

ZON

E

2

DY

KE

3

DY

KE

-X

IAL

PL

AN

E

SIL

L

5

VEI ~

6

OT

HE

R

(SP

EC

IFY

) 7

AP

LI

TIC

PE

GM

AT

ITIC

GR

AN

ITJC

Fl

C

QU

AR

TZ

CR

BO

NT

E

SU

LP

H)D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OT

l +

CA

R B

OT

l +

SU

LP

H

OT

l +

CA

RB

+ S

UL

PH

O

THER

IS

PE

CIF

Y)

B

9 10

II

NO

RM

AL

RE

VE

RS

E

L E

FT

L

AT

ER

AL

R

IGH

T L

TE

RA

L

1 2 3 4

CA

TE

GO

RY

F

ILL

I NG

D

O

65

6

6

67

S

TR

IKE

I I

69

70

7 1

MO

V

D

68

D

IP

r--I

~

MO

OA

L A

NA

LY

SIS

T

S

E

OT

HE

R

J

MA

P-U

NI

T

SU

BU

NIT

r---l

0 M

AP

-UN

IT

NU

MB

ER

S

UB

UN

ITIA

LP

HA

ME

RIC

I ~

66

6

7

68

PR

OJE

CT

O

PT

ION

S

I S

PpoundC

IFY

~N

D IlA

I NTA

tH

CO

IIIS

ISTpound

NC

Y

IN

D

O

D

0

j

MA

P-U

NIT

S

UB

UN

I

II D

~

69

7

0

71

EA

CH

F

IL E

)

0 0

~ gtC ~

PR

OJ

EC

T O

PT

ION

S

I S

PE

CIF

Y

AND

N

AIN

TAIN

CO

N$l

ST

fNC

Y

IN

EA

CIj

F

ILE

I

__

_ _ D

__

_ _

D _

__

_ O

__

__ O

1

JOIN

TS

IMI

NI

UM

SP

AC IN

G

75

10

c m

10

-S

Oc

m

50

shy10

0cm

3

gt

IOO

cm

4

76

7

7

SP

AC

IN

G

ST

R I

KE

a

l P

o D

N

OT

ES

W

HE

RE

P

OS

SIB

LE

E

ST

AB

L I

SH

A

GE

R

EL

AT

ION

SH

IPS

IN

N

OT

ES

MA

P O

R

SV

BA

RE

A

[SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

c=J

11 -

5 )

o 7

8

19

eo

DIP

DS

oG

S

TR K

E

(QU

AL

IFY

C

OD

E

OT

HE

R)

--shy

----shy

fAB

RIC

I

72

7

3

I ]I

MA

SS

IVE

I

EO

U IG

RA

NU

LA

R

INE

OU

IGR

AN

UL

AR

S

AC

CH

AR

OID

AL

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

O

PH

I T

IC shy

SU

B

OP

HIT

IC

_

--shy

----shy

---shy

--shy

-7

4

75

7

6

e=J

MA

P

OR

SU

BA

R E

A

7a

79

I

n

SHE

E T

ID

EN

TIF

ICA

TIO

N

16

shy9

)

77

D

80

I II

GR

A N

UL

ITIC

P

EG

MA

TIT

IC

HO

RN

FE

LS

lC

PO

RP

HyR

IT I

C

PO

RP

HY

RQ

BL

AS

TI C

V

ES

ICU

L A

R

NO

DU

LA

R

I C

LO

T T

Efl

S

CH

IS T

OS

E

GN

EIS

SIC

P

HY

LL

ITIC

C

AT

AC

LA

S T

I C

LlN

EA

TE

D

OT

HE

R

IG

RA

IN

SIZ

E

IN

MIL

LIM

ET

RE

S

I II

I-shy

PH

EN

OC

RY

S T

S I

P

OR

PH

YR

OB

LA

ST

S

MA

TR

I X

0 IF

A

PH

AN

ITIC

H

~I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

t-i-j-

Ishy

I I

I I

I I

I I-l-fshy

t---t-t-+

--t-

+-

--t

-t

t-

-+--

i -t-

IjJ

-_

shy

I--

shy

JJi

~

9 4

-74

-10

M

MN

R-m

-38

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 9: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

-- --

---

MNR-m-nJ

DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T

L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION

TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u

110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y

iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W

3 1

0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l

1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5

1o

MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0

MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I

DO n

10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D

1 t n ~ If _1____- shy

----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ

(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl

i I I shy

-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy

-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI

1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~

FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7

GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST

STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE

Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE

M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1

PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l

Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT

r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40

TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It

JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol

TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf

CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I

~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J

100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L

SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf

-

M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS

StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[

lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90

bull

bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I

PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U

un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -

CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE

gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt

OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )

m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )

Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet

9

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 10: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4

Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh

A) Structural Data

A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including

(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station

(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section

A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping

B) Ptrologlc Data

The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that

(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory

(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided

During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling

The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements

However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1

10

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 11: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

c o

iii 0shyo o

Verification and o insertion of

g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data

CP IArChives I 01 o t o-

Binding and o manual use of- input coding o

0 documents

t c 0

iii 0 Q 11 11c 0

-

t I Update I It-

0

0 0

Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04

A10C05)

J IData filel ______________

Ic 2- Program request

(routerequest form)o Q

Ic o E

o-o

l0

thematical statistical

Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system

11

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 12: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

DA

TE

ST

AT

ION

N

O

GE

Ol

NO

YR

A

IR

PHO

TO

Negt

PH

OlU

GRA

PH

I 2

l~middot1

~~

I D

o

I

CO

OE

D

NO

TES

I

CO

OED

N

OT

ES

~

o

o i

TY

PE

N

ON

D

IAS

TR

OP

HIC

ST

IQlJ

CTk

R

ES

LA

YE

RIN

G

FIE

LD

R

EL

AT

ION

S I

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E

lt1M

14

BE

OO

INiS

IW

ET

AiII

IIOR

Pt-lt

IC

II-

fS

~

1 y

PE

N O

S 2

CO

NTA

CT

ZON

E ll

illgt

IQM

i~

~ f l~(

SS

~ ful

Pll

LOW

8tD

OIN

GIG

NE

OU

S

DoI

FF

Z

INC

LU

SO

N

lAY

EIi

Is

0

lItO

2

()

G

RA

DlO

8E

DO

IC

v

u ~

O

fH

fRS

o

11 3

lgtN

TAC

T ZO

NE

raquo

10

IS

lT

-P

Af

-L

T

3 O

TH

ER

4

B

tOO

EO

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

7~

~ 0

0

CA

TA

CL

AST

IC

5 B

EO

OfD

D

ISC

ON

TIN

UO

US

1

8bull

~~~==~~==~

6 R

EP

amp

OO

ED

stQ

U(N

Q

19

TY

PE

7

LAY

ER

ED

C

ON

TIN

UO

US

2

0

GN

EtS

SO

SIT

Y

FfU~CTURE

CL

EA

VM

pound

8 LA

YE

FlE

O

DIS

CO

NT

IMIJ

OU

S 2

1 TY

PE

R

EP

LAY

ERED

SE

O

ZZ

SCM

IS T

OS

ITY

~

I N D

ET

ER

MIN

AT

E

CA

TA

ClA

ST1C

3

OT

HE

R

WG

ailA

TmC

MO

BIU

S 2

5-4

0 2

4

1 r I

STFAIN~ S

liP

~L

poundA

Aipound

1

0

S

WA

TlT

le M

OB

IUS

ltZ~

n o

o W

IGM

ATI

TIC

M

OB

IUS

401~ 2

5

3

IiIIIG

MA

Ttn

C M

OB

IUS

1~

Z6

M

INO

R

FO

LD

S

on

ipoundR

2

7

D~

la

~F

FO

LD

ED

L

AY

ER

ING

Oo

R rO

UA

nO

H

CO

Df

T

YP

E

AS

aBO

vE

FO

L

RO

CK

T

YP

E

--7

i--o

middot 31

)I

ni

bull

I

ru

1

RE

LIE

F

12l

bullbullbullbullbull

I

I I

I I

II

i S

S

HA

PE

D

lt Z

L

__J

f A

SR

le

IA

SYM

ME

TR

ICA

L

z-S

HA

PE

D

lt4

1middotSYl

ol~~T~

~~

bull L

IMB

R

AT

O

lt

4

4

(10

2

bull 10

~1

M

A$

$IV

( I

FR

AG

ME

NT

AL

10

4

lt_

0

1

0

0 (

In

SAC

CH

AR

OIO

AL

2

VE

SIC

VL

AR

II

gt

50

(1

OP

HIT

IC ~

SV

BO

PH

ITIC

l

GN

poundIS

SIC

1

2

PEG

MA

TIT

IC

4 SC

HIS

TO

SE

13gt

0

TY

lE

C L

OS

UR

pound

l~lAl

rtO

RIl

ifE

LS

tt

~

PH

Yll

ITC

14

O

lO

t

ST

RIK

E

PC

RP

HY

Rm

c Eo

C

AT

AC

LA

ST

IC

15

2 IM

TR

AF

OL

U

10

middot 4

It

1 a I P

1J

GM

AT

IC

o a

PO

RP

HY

ftgt

EK

AS

TIC

FO

LDE

O

E

QV

IGrl

AN

UlA

R

bull L

lNU

Tpound

O

1731

OT

HE

R

5

90

~

(O~

INE

QU

IGR

AN

VLA

R

9 N

OD

UL

AR

) 9

0

OT

H(R

I

f

SU

RFA

ltE

L

iNE

AR

S

TR

UC

TU

RE

S

SA

P

LE

R

E P

RE

SE

N T

AT

I ON

l A

poundPR

poundSE

NlA

Trv

E -

NO

OfU

Ei

TE

D

ll

lN

IN

LA

YE

RIN

GM

INE

RA

L

LIN

EA

TIO

NS

i

I IG

JIIE

OU

$ I N

CL

USl

ON

S T

YPE

[J

RE

PRE

SEhT

AT

VE

O

RE

NT

ED

S

~ H

TE

RS

EC

TIO

NS

7

LIN

IN

F

OL

IAT

ION

$

P(C

IFC

N

eN

OR

IEN

TE

D2

I IRO

DD

ING

ME

TA

MO

RP

HIC

A

GG

A

PL

UN

()E

MlC

fWC

R(N

UL

AT

IOH

S

e L

IN

IN NO~-

SPE

CIF

IC

OR

IEN

TE

D

i

bull bull 6 o

o o

0eO

uOtI

ll A

XI

S

bull O

TH

ER

9

LA

I(

fI(O

a

NO

Nshy

FO

LIA

TE

D

RO

Cllt

OE

fOR

ME

D

Cl

AS

TS

E

bull

o 1

0

-MH

~IM

uM

SP

AC

1NG

JO

INT

S

FOR

A

CC

uRA

TE

C

OM

POSI

TIO

Nlt

10

el

f

MIN

SP

A(

S

TR

IKE

D

IP

10 -

to

em

9

1

0

$1

amp1

I CON

rAC

TP

ET

RO

FA

SR

IC

(OfH

EN

TE

O

2 A

SSA

Y

to

1

00

e

i ---

STA

IN a

Sl

Ae

~

SLA

e

I)

)IO

C

L-l

SP

EC

IFrC

M

INE

RA

LS

4

OT

HE

R

oI

1 pound~~~

======

======

==~~~~

======

======

~rgtF~

~LJ~~~

I=~~A

U~L~T

~S~~V~f

~N~S~=

olc

oM

INE

RA

LS

O

F

NO

TE

DY

KE

S

S~LlS

_

__

__

__

_-

GR

A

IT

I(

FA

UL

T

WA

Flt

I

NO

RM

AL

bull

TY

PE

M

OV

1

L

~

OU

AR

TZ

i

tt

lIIIlI

ilIliO

C

OO

tS

fAU

L T

S

L I

CJ(

UfS

o-E

S

Ve

iN

3 C

AR

80

HA

H

on

E

4 O

TZ

1

C

AR

S

41

R(v

ER

SE

C

M

AP

IN

TO

Tl

amp

SUL

PtH

LE

FT

l

AU

RA

L

ST

R1

J(E

01

PD1J(t~

SH

EA

RE

D

56

Q

TZ

C

AR

8

a W

EIG

HT

IN

A

ll

Su

lPH

1

I RIG

HT

L

AfE

RA

L

GR

AV

ITt

77

47 7

IG

NpoundO

US

C

ON

TA

CT

W

EIG

HT

IN

W

AT

ER

1 O

Tkpound

R

bull S~EE T

I D

fNT

IF1

CA

TJO

N

SH

EE

T

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

iON

6

-9

1I

5 I

u N

OT

ES

+

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 13: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

oA

T(

OR

IEN

TE

D

SA

MP

LE

A

IR

PHO

TO

NO

P~iOTCXRAPIi

I

tl T

CO

O(O

N

OT

ES

TYPE 1 NON

rMA

STP

CP

gt1It S

TR

vCT

lfpoundS

= ~F~fUS

LIT P

IM-U

1

) 0Tt4U

~UlfTlt 4 -=-

~

~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1

~ltOIITY rtn

2

S1111o amp

w

t (T~11C

OTH~

til ~L

_m

_ ~

~ZPtD

t~

IeJ []

Ll []L

J

U

IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS

shy00- o

0 [J IS

~~

SPAC

NC

n -ittn6

shy0

-SO

ylt

tCrO

Ioflll(U

Il$

0 -

100 l

L

gt oe A

4B

-1 ~A8

amp

SU

i

I C

)

J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~

shy-1~Nlt( I

10IIMIC

I~~a []

0 I-

--shy

$ _

Ill

UlrD

IAl

I~~~ ~a ~

t

l~Ir

shyr--

IDU

oT

fl(At()N

U

T

1

shyh

t~

I---shy

H

1-

-T

fshyi-

1----

f-ishy

t -

ishy

i [

-shy

t-shyi

I

Fig

ure la

Stru

ctural field

data sh

eet 1971 F

igu

re Ib P

etrolo

gical field d

ata sheet 1971

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 14: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7

MINOR FOLDS TYpr

~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~

tlMb

Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet

14

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 15: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

C) Geochemical Data

The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements

(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison

(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches

(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format

A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II

Laboratory Shee

A) Petagraphlc Data

The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques

In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)

Milcellaneoul Shee

In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972

(1 ) Specific Gravity

(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I

(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II

(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet

(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet

(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet

(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet

(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet

(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet

(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet

Data Decoding

At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs

The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been

15

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 16: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

--- - -

-- --

DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A

SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII

21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION

TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42

0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS

BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107

[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)

72 n 7 757677 80

0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)

-

- - shy-

-

Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973

GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T

SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA

SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I

GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El

r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3

q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR

PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO

VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK

FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R

OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2

MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3

RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I

SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy

DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2

IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7

5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION

DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN

8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3

BARK 3

Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_

16

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 17: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

ROUTEREQUEST FORM

NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_

PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________

KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE

STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______

jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______

PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______

rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____

STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc

CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________

TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____

MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___

linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____

oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________

n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______

IllIe ______________________________________________

SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________

error ____

a HISTOGRAM ______

KORZHINSKII PLOT _______

Figure 9 Route Request Form

17

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 18: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Tab

le 1

U

tility

pro

gra

ms

Min

erai

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mil

er

A10

C01

A10

C02

A10

C03

0gt

A10

C04

A10

C05

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

80

80

list

i ng

Edi

t p

rog

ram

Ma

gn

etic

tape

st

ruct

ura

l da

ta

Du

plic

ate

ca

rd d

eck

Ma

gn

etic

tap

e a

ll d

ata

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta s

heet

s

key

pu

nch

ed

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

da

ta fi

le

Ou

tpu

t

80

-co

lum

n u

nd

eco

de

d

listin

g

dia

gn

ost

ic e

rro

r lis

ting

ma

gn

etic

tape

80

-co

lum

n p

un

che

d

card

s

ma

gn

etic

tap

e

Co

mm

ents

Use

d to

ch

eck

ob

vio

us

err

ors

in t

he

pu

nch

ed

da

ta

En

sure

s th

at

the

d

ata

re

cord

ed

is

b

oth

lo

gic

al

and

corr

ect

th

e

err

ors

m

ust

be

co

rre

cte

d

sin

ce

sub

seq

ue

nt

pro

cess

ing

re

qu

ire

s va

lid d

ata

Pe

rma

ne

nt

da

ta

sto

rag

e

for

all

form

s o

f st

ruct

ura

l d

ata

m

an

ipu

latio

n

A s

eco

nd

de

ck is

use

ful f

or

ma

nu

al m

an

ipu

latio

n o

f da

ta

Pro

gra

m s

erve

s as

pe

rma

ne

nt

sto

rag

e f

or

com

bin

ed

str

uct

ura

l a

nd

pe

tro

log

ica

l da

ta

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 19: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Tab

le 2

D

eco

din

g p

rog

ram

s

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Tit

le o

f R

equ

ired

N

um

ber

P

rog

ram

In

pu

t O

utp

utmiddot

C

om

men

ta

Al0

C0

6

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts fi

eld

re

latio

ns

ro

ck t

ype

s a

nd

fa

bri

cs

Al0

CO

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

type

s s

am

ple

re

pre

sen

tatio

n a

nd

an

aly

sis

Al0

C0

8

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut o

f A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts r

ock

typ

es

and

min

era

ls o

f no

te

Al0

C0

9

Pe

tro

log

y o

utp

ut

of A

lOC

OS

lin

e p

rin

ter

I isti

ng

List

s sa

mp

le

rep

rese

nta

tion

an

alys

is

ma

p-u

nit

a

nd

sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Al0

Cl0

S

tru

ctu

re

ou

tpu

t of e

ith

er

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

Li

sts

laye

rin

g a

nd f

olia

tion

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

OC

04

-

co

Al0

Cll

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

List

s m

ino

r fo

lds

an

d li

ne

ar

stru

ctu

res

Al0

CO

S o

r A

10

C0

4

Al0

C1

2

Str

uct

ure

o

utp

ut o

f eit

he

r lin

e p

rin

ter

listin

g

Lis

ts jO

ints

fa

ults

ve

ins

dyk

es

and

sills

A

lOC

OS

or

A 1

0C04

All

de

cod

ing

pro

gra

ms

pro

du

ce p

rin

ter

ou

tpu

t wh

ich

incl

ud

es

Sta

tion

nu

mb

er

Ge

olo

gis

t n

um

be

r Y

ear

UT

M C

ord

ina

tes

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 20: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Tab

le 3

L

ine

pri

nte

r p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A1

0C

13

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Ste

reo

g ra

ph ic

p

roje

ctio

ns

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C04

Ou

tpu

t

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic p

roje

ctio

n

pro

du

ced

on

line

pri

nte

r

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ts t

he

nu

mb

er

of

pOin

ts c

ou

nte

d w

ith

in a

un

it a

rea

an

d t

he

p

erc

en

tag

e o

f p

oin

ts w

ith

in th

e s

am

e u

nit

are

a

A1

0C

17

T

ern

ary

Plo

t va

lues

of

X Y

and

Z

calc

ula

ted

to

100

Te

rna

ry P

lot

pro

du

ced

on

lin

e p

rin

ter

Eff

ect

ive

for

a p

relim

ina

ry s

tud

y o

r q

uic

k p

eru

sal o

f d

ata

I)

o

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 21: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Tab

le 4

P

etro

log

ical

cal

cula

tio

n p

rog

ram

s

I)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

Al0

C1

4

A10

C15

Al0

C1

6

A10

C19

A10

C20

A10

C31

Tit

le o

f

Pro

gra

m

Me

so I

Me

so II

CIP

W

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-l

Pe

tro

che

mic

al

pa

ram

ete

rs-2

(R

og

ers

and

Le

Co

ute

r 1

96

6-1

97

0)

Mo

de

-oxi

de

p

erc

en

tag

es

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

che

mic

al a

na

lysi

s in

pu

t d

ocu

me

nt

sam

e as

A 1

OC

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

ea

sA1

0C

14

sam

e a

s A

10

C1

4

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Ou

tpu

t

two

page

s o

f ou

tpu

t

(a)

FeO

an

d F

e20s

se

pa

rate

(b

) F

eO

s re

calu

late

d t

o F

eO

sam

e a

s A

10C

14

Th re

e p

ag

es

of o

utp

ut

(a

) ch

em

ica

l an

aly

sis

calshy

cula

ted

to

100

with

an

d w

ith

ou

t H2

0 a

nd

CO

(b

) n

orm

s an

d ra

tios

as

bo

th w

eig

ht

pe

r ce

nt

and

mo

lecu

lar

pe

rce

nt

(c)

no

rms

an

d r

atio

s ca

lshycu

late

d w

ith f

err

ic a

nd

ferr

ou

s ir

on

co

mb

ine

d

as t

ota

l Fe

Os

Lis

ting

use

s co

de

na

me

fo

r th

e v

ari

ou

s p

ara

me

ters

sam

e a

s A

10C

19

(a)

listin

g o

f re

lativ

e

oxi

de

qu

an

titie

s

(b)

SO

-col

umn

pu

nch

ed

ca

rd f

orm

att

ed

fo

r in

pu

tto

Al0

C1

4-1

6

Co

mm

ents

Ca

lcu

late

d

no

rma

tive

m

ine

ral

ass

em

bla

ge

s

incl

ud

ing

h

ydro

us

phas

es

tha

t a

re d

eve

lop

ed

th

rou

gh

a

mp

hib

olit

e f

aci

es

me

tashy

mo

rph

ism

d

esi

gn

ed

to

allo

w t

he

min

era

l e

qu

ati

on

to

be

mo

dif

ied

Ca

lcu

late

s n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

tha

t a

re

cha

ract

eri

stic

ally

d

eshy

velo

pe

d

in

the

h

orn

ble

nd

e

gra

nu

lite

fa

cie

s o

r in

ig

ne

ou

s a

sshyse

mb

lag

es

with

hyd

rou

s p

ha

ses

Incl

ud

ed

in

ou

tpu

t a

re v

alu

es

for

Dif

fere

nti

ati

on

In

de

x N

orm

ashy

tive

Co

lou

r In

de

x an

d se

lect

ed

oxi

de

ra

tios

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

mo

dif

ied

L

ars

en

p

ara

me

ter

N

a+

iK+

C

A t

2 +

Fe

3M

g t

2 re

calc

ula

ted

to

10

0

Wa

ge

rs

Iro

n

Rat

io

Nig

gli

valu

es

SK

M v

alue

s O

san

n v

alue

s A

CF

ca

lcu

late

d t

o 1

00

Ba

rth

s s

tan

da

rd c

ell

and

mo

lecu

lar

no

rm

Ca

lcu

late

s th

e f

ollo

win

g

Po

lde

rva

art

s d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n p

ara

me

ters

C

IPW

no

rm (

an

hyd

rou

s)

pe

rce

nta

ge

co

mp

osi

tio

n o

f n

orm

ati

ve

min

era

ls

Th

orn

ton

a

nd

T

utt

les

d

iffe

ren

tia

tio

n

ind

ex

P

old

ershy

vaa

rt

an

d

Pa

rke

rs

crys

talli

zatio

n

ind

ex

W

ag

er

s a

lbit

e

ratio

V

on W

olf

f pa

ram

ete

rs

Ap

pro

xim

ate

s o

xid

e p

erc

en

tag

es

fro

m

mo

da

l an

alys

is

min

era

l co

mp

osi

tio

ns

are

de

fin

ed

in t

he

pro

gra

m b

y c

om

po

siti

on

ca

rds

whi

ch

can

be

ch

an

ge

d

to

be

tte

r co

mp

ly w

ith

ob

serv

ed

p

etr

oshy

gra

ph

ic c

ha

ract

eri

stic

s (I

e A

nA

b ra

tiOS

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 22: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C18

A10

C30

Al0

C2

2

t)

t

)

A10

C26

Al0

C2

8

Al0

C2

9

A10

C32

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Aer

ial

dis

trib

uti

on

m

ap

s

Ste

reo

gra

ph

ic

pro

ject

ion

Car

tesi

an c

oo

rdin

ate

s

His

tog

ram

Ko

rzh

insk

ii p

lot

(Ko

rzh

insk

ii1

95

9)

Te

rna

ry P

lot

X-V

va

ria

tion

cu

rve

Tab

le 5

X

-V p

en p

lot

pro

gra

ms

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

key

pu

nch

ed

co

rre

cte

d

a m

ap

pro

du

ced

on

the

da

ta f

ile

Ca

lCo

mp

X-V

dru

m p

lott

er

sam

e a

s A

10C

18

un

cou

nte

d a

nd u

nco

nshy

tou

red

Sch

mid

t ne

t pro

jecshy

tion

on t

he

Ca

lCo

mp

X-Y

d

rum

plo

tte

r

X-Y

va

ria

tion

da

ta s

he

et

X

ve

rsu

s Y

dia

gra

m o

f tw

o co

mp

on

en

ts o

n a

recshy

tan

gu

lar

gri

d

Bar

plo

t da

ta s

he

et

P

rod

uce

s a

ba

r-d

iag

ram

o

r h

isto

gra

m

Ko

rzh

insk

ii d

ata

she

et

Rig

ht a

ng

le tr

ian

gle

bas

ed

plo

t of

mu

lti-

com

po

ne

nt

syst

ems

Pen

plo

tte

r te

rna

ry d

ata

T

ern

ary

plo

t and

a li

stin

g

shee

t o

f th

e co

mp

on

en

ts

reca

lcu

late

d t

o 10

0 p

er

cen

t

sam

e as

A 1

OC

22

X-Y

va

ria

tion

dia

gra

m w

ith

a b

est

-fit

curv

e

Co

mm

ents

Plo

ttin

g

is

base

d on

th

e U

TM

g

rid

sc

ale

of

plo

ttin

g h

as t

o b

e

de

fine

d f

or e

ach

ma

p

Rad

ius

of

the

net

pa

ram

ete

r to

be

p

lott

ed

(i

e

laye

rin

g e

tc)

an

d sy

mb

ol

(122

ava

ilab

le)

used

to

rep

rese

nt

the

po

int

mu

st a

s d

efin

ed

Eac

h b

ar

ma

y be

co

mp

ose

d o

f u

p t

o fo

ur

vari

ab

les

Eac

h co

mp

on

en

t m

ay

be c

om

po

sed

of

fou

r in

div

idu

al

ele

me

nts

Cu

rve

is

calc

ula

ted

usi

ng

lea

st s

qu

are

s cr

iteri

a f

or e

ach

of

the

X-V

pa

irs

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 23: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Tab

le 6

M

ath

emat

ical

pro

gra

ms

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

D

ivis

ion

Pro

gra

m

Nu

mb

er

A10

C24

A10

C25

A10

C27

A1

0C

33

N

VJ

A 1

OC

21

Tit

le o

f P

rog

ram

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

Sp

eci

fic

gra

vity

err

ors

Join

t fre

qu

en

cy

his

tog

ram

Elli

pse

ca

lcu

lati

on

Ca

lcu

latio

n o

f th

e

an

gle

-amp

Req

uir

ed

Inp

ut

spe

cifi

c g

ravi

ty d

ata

sh

ee

t

pu

nch

ed

ou

tpu

t of A

1 O

C24

ou

tpu

t of A

10C

03

A =

th

e m

ajo

r ax

is

B =

th

e m

ino

r a

xis

ou

tpu

t of

A 1

0C03

Ou

tpu

t

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r h

isto

gra

m

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

line

pri

nte

r lis

ting

of

corr

esp

on

de

nce

nu

mb

ers

Co

mm

ents

Re

we

igh

ed

-sa

mp

le

da

ta m

ust

be

su

pp

lied

fo

r th

e e

rro

r ca

lcu

shyla

tion

Ca

lcu

late

s C

hi

the

co

nfi

de

nce

of o

ccu

rre

nce

Use

d to

ca

lcu

late

re

fra

ctiv

e in

dic

es

for

vari

ou

s m

ine

rals

Ca

lcu

late

s-amp

-th

e

an

gle

b

etw

ee

n

the

a

zim

uth

s o

f th

e f

olia

tion

an

d fo

ld a

xis

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 24: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III

Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q

3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double

Rul for Coding

1 First letter of each word is never deleted

2 Delete letters from right to left in above order

3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences

4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size

5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code

6 Blanks always occur on the right

7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained

Discussion

The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data

Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files

(a) right justified numerics as station numbers

(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)

(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)

Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive

It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of

(a) missing sheet identification code

(b) illegible mnemonic codes

(c) partial quantitative readings

It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and

24

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 25: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)

One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays

(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)

(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority

To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested

The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication

Past Performance

From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system

1974 Field Document Design

In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features

1) Diversification of entry types into

a) coded for routine keypunching

b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching

c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives

d) notes for manual or machine retrieval

2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet

3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section

4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category

5) Expansion of sample analysis category

6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section

7) Expansion of checklist parameters

It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy

25

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 26: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file

Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file

Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)

1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100

The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision

In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects

ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist

Future Development

Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability

The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department

Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the

staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet

List of References Ambach H

1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished

Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662

26

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 27: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63

Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau

New York

McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169

Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters

Geol Dept University of Auckland

27

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 28: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)

NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975

The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data

The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet

Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)

Reference Section (columllll 1-20)

Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes

Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing

Structurel De (columns 22-79)

The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks

The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)

Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)

The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional

28

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 29: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion

(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)

This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected

A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements

(i) station number (columns 1-4)

(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)

(iii) year (column 7)

(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)

A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated

(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)

This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways

(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project

(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds

(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock

(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)

Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded

(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)

These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data

(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)

This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas

Sheet Identification (column 80)

The sheet identification serves two functions

(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)

(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop

Coded Not (column 21)

It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes

29

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 30: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station

Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system

30

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 31: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet

The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba

The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)

Sample Data Section

Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)

Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)

Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)

A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)

Collection Site Data Section

Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)

Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)

The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet

31

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 32: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES

ROCKS

Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate

APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG

Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss

FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS

Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose

ARGB ARGL ARKS

Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss

HRFL HPGS

ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF

Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia

BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL

BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC

Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation

IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM

Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC

Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC

Dacite Diabase Diatexite

DCIT DIBS DTXT

Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite

MGMT MNZN MLNT

Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT

32

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 33: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate

Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite

MINERALS

Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite

Biotite Beryl

Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite

Dolomite Diopside

ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG

PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ

AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR

BO BR

CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ

DM DP

Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite

Quartz monzonite Quartzite

Rhyodacite Rhyolite

Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite

Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte

Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic

Veined gneiss Venite

Epidote

Fuchsite Fluorite

Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite

Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene

Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite

Kyanite

Limonite Leucoxene

Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite

33

PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN

QZMZ QRTZ

RDCT RYLT

SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT

SMQZ

TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT

ULBC ULML ULMF

VDGS VNIT

EP

FC FL

GC GL GP GR GS

HB HM HY

ID IG 1M

KN

LM

MC MG ML

LX

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 34: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division

Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV

Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX

Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY

Quartz QZ

Riebeckite RB Rutile RL

Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY

Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM

Uralite UL

Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS

34

Page 35: GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI YSTEM - Province of Manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba department of mines, resources and environmental management . mineral resources division